{"title":"Kitchenware","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"modular-systems-poly-coolroom-shelving-starter-kit-pcu1842","title":"Modular Systems Poly Coolroom Shelving Starter Kit - PCU18\/30","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems PCU18\/30 is a four-tier poly coolroom shelving starter kit that gives cold rooms, coolrooms and wet kitchens a corrosion-free, easy-to-clean storage bay measuring 760 x 455 x 1800mm. Built for the high-humidity conditions of a commercial coolroom or freezer room, its vented polymer shelves sit on notch-embedded poly-coated steel posts, so the kit assembles fast and adjusts without tools — an ideal starter configuration for organising stock in restaurants, cafes, supermarkets and catering operations (760 x 455 x 1800mm, 4 tiers, 250kg per shelf, 24-month parts warranty).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the PCU18\/30\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRust-proof poly build\u003c\/strong\u003e — poly-coated steel posts with vented polymer shelves stay mould-proof and fungus-proof in damp cold storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e250kg per shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds stock, cartons and bulk produce across all four tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAntibacterial, dishwasher-safe shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — shelf plates lift out for a fast, hygienic wash.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-free assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — notch-embedded posts with a buckle design install and adjust without tools.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -30°C to 80°C\u003c\/strong\u003e — with adjustable feet to level the unit on uneven coolroom floors, from freezer to wet kitchen.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCU18\/30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePCU18\/30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly coolroom shelving starter kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760 × 455 × 1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 vented polymer shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 kg per shelf (200 kg corner unit; 300 kg whole mobile set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePoly-coated steel posts with vented polymer shelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-30°C to 80°C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e500 × 900 × 1900 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PCU18\/30 suits coolrooms, freezer rooms, cold stores and wet kitchens in restaurants, cafes, supermarkets and catering operations where hygienic, corrosion-free shelving is essential. As a starter kit it sets up a single storage bay you can expand with additional shelves and matching posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-shelving\"\u003ecommercial shelving\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe PCU18\/30 is supplied as a starter kit with notch-embedded posts and buckle connectors for tool-free assembly; adjustable feet level it on uneven coolroom floors. It ships packed at 500 × 900 × 1900 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 24 months parts only; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the PCU18\/30?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The assembled unit measures 760 x 455 x 1800mm (W x D x H) and ships packed at 500 x 900 x 1900mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Each shelf is rated to 250kg, with 200kg for the corner unit and 300kg across the whole mobile set.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the PCU18\/30 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It uses poly-coated steel posts with vented polymer shelf plates that are rust-proof, mould-proof, fungus-proof and dishwasher-safe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can the PCU18\/30 be used inside a freezer room?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is engineered to operate from -30°C to 80°C, making it suitable for coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the PCU18\/30 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The PCU18\/30 is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the PCU18\/30?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The assembled unit measures 760 x 455 x 1800mm (W x D x H) and ships packed at 500 x 900 x 1900mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight can each shelf hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each shelf is rated to 250kg, with 200kg for the corner unit and 300kg across the whole mobile set.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the PCU18\/30 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It uses poly-coated steel posts with vented polymer shelf plates that are rust-proof, mould-proof, fungus-proof and dishwasher-safe.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can the PCU18\/30 be used inside a freezer room?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is engineered to operate from -30°C to 80°C, making it suitable for coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the PCU18\/30 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The PCU18\/30 is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"760(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817464109,"sku":"PCU18\/30","price":374.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"910(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817496877,"sku":"PCU18\/36","price":408.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1060(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817529645,"sku":"PCU18\/42","price":476.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817562413,"sku":"PCU18\/48","price":527.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1370(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817595181,"sku":"PCU18\/54","price":561.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817627949,"sku":"PCU18\/60","price":612.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1825(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817660717,"sku":"PCU18\/72","price":697.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"760(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817693485,"sku":"PCU24\/30","price":433.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"910(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817726253,"sku":"PCU24\/36","price":476.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1060(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817759021,"sku":"PCU24\/42","price":552.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817791789,"sku":"PCU24\/48","price":612.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1370(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817824557,"sku":"PCU24\/54","price":646.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817857325,"sku":"PCU24\/60","price":705.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1825(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539817890093,"sku":"PCU24\/72","price":807.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-poly-coolroom-shelving-starter-kit-pcu1842-4676116.png?v=1776341508"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-poly-coolroom-shelving-addon-kit-pca1830","title":"Modular Systems Poly Coolroom Shelving Add-On Kit – PCA18\/30","description":"\u003cp class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePoly Coolroom Shelving Add-On Kit – PCA18\/30\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePOLY-COATED STEEL WITH VENTED SHELVES KITS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for multiple Combinations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade of innovative materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth, easy-to-clean surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotch-embedded post\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelft plate is added with the antibacterial agent\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuckle design makes installation and adjustment easier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used under low temperatures from -30*c to 80*c \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for wet kitchen \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMould-proof, Fungus-proof, and rush-proof\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnvironment Friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Shelf plates can be washed in the dishwasher \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe load capacity of each shelf is 250kg, 200kg for the corner unit \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe capacity of the whole set of mobile units is 300kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"760(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818021165,"sku":"PCA18\/30","price":306.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"910(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818053933,"sku":"PCA18\/36","price":340.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1060(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818086701,"sku":"PCA18\/42","price":408.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818119469,"sku":"PCA18\/48","price":459.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1370(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818152237,"sku":"PCA18\/54","price":493.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818185005,"sku":"PCA18\/60","price":544.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1825(W) x 455(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818217773,"sku":"PCA18\/72","price":629.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"760(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818250541,"sku":"PCA24\/30","price":425.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"910(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818283309,"sku":"PCA24\/36","price":459.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1060(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818316077,"sku":"PCA24\/42","price":510.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818348845,"sku":"PCA24\/48","price":569.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1370(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818381613,"sku":"PCA24\/54","price":612.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818414381,"sku":"PCA24\/60","price":663.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1825(W) x 610(D) x 1800(H)mm","offer_id":51539818447149,"sku":"PCA24\/72","price":722.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-poly-coolroom-shelving-add-on-kit-pca1830-3716380.png?v=1776341506"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-four-tier-shelving","title":"Modular Systems Four Tier Shelving","description":"\u003cp\u003eModular Systems four tier shelving carries a \u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load rating per shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the figure that actually decides whether shelving is fit for purpose — and comes in \u003cstrong\u003e16 sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e across two depths (457 and 610 mm) and eight widths, all 1880 mm high. The \u003cstrong\u003eblack plasticised\u003c\/strong\u003e finish on both shelves and posts is specified for \u003cstrong\u003ecool rooms and freezers\u003c\/strong\u003e, where bare steel corrodes. Shelves adjust on corner lock clips and it ships flat-packed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B18\/42\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load rating per shelf\u003c\/strong\u003e — the number to compare against, and the number most shelving listings leave out. Four tiers at 150 kg gives 600 kg per bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBlack plasticised shelves AND posts\u003c\/strong\u003e — specified for cool room and freezer use - the plasticised coating is what stops the corrosion that kills bare steel shelving in a cold, damp room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSixteen sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e — two depths (457 and 610 mm) x eight widths (610 to 1830 mm), all 1880 mm high, so a bay fits the space rather than the space accommodating the bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasily adjustable corner lock clips\u003c\/strong\u003e — shelf heights change without tools when what you store changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMeets appropriate health department requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e — relevant where an inspector looks at how food is stored off the floor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComes standard with bullet feet\u003c\/strong\u003e — levels on an uneven cool room floor as supplied\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOptional castors, with or without brake\u003c\/strong\u003e — available if the bay needs to roll out for cleaning behind it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtra shelves and alternative post heights available\u003c\/strong\u003e — 2184 mm and 910 mm posts, plus additional shelves, so a bay can be reconfigured rather than replaced\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShips flat-packed\u003c\/strong\u003e — packs to 475 x 1085 x 165 mm, which is what makes it deliverable and carryable into a cool room\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFour tier shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg per shelf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1880 mm (2184 mm and 910 mm posts also available)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepths available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 mm and 610 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidths available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610, 760, 915, 1067, 1220, 1372, 1525 and 1830 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack plasticised shelves and posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuitable for\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCool rooms and freezers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorner lock clips, tool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFeet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBullet feet standard; castors optional, with or without brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAccessories\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExtra shelves available; accessories not included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMeets appropriate health department requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e475 x 1085 x 165 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"size-options\"\u003eSize options\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1067(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1372(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1525(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1830(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB18\/36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1067(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1220(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/48\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1372(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1525(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1830(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/72\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/24\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e760(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e915(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB24\/36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis shelving suits cool rooms, freezers, dry stores and back-of-house areas in restaurants, hotels, clubs and food production sites. The plasticised finish is what makes it a cold-room product rather than a dry-store one, and the 150 kg per shelf rating covers stock weights that would buckle lighter shelving.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-shelving\"\u003ecommercial shelving\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied flat-packed at 475 x 1085 x 165 mm and assembled on site — which is what lets it go through a cool room door. It stands on bullet feet as supplied, so it levels on an uneven floor; castors with or without brake are available if you need the bay to roll. Accessories are not included. Choose your size from the options above rather than from a single dimensions figure: our structured dimensions field on this listing reflects one arbitrary size out of the sixteen, so the variant options are the reliable source. Net weight varies by size and is not published for that reason.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight will each shelf hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e150 kg per shelf. With four tiers that is 600 kg per bay, evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it go in a cool room or freezer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - that is what it is specified for. Both the shelves and the posts are black plasticised, which is the coating that resists the corrosion a cold, damp room causes to bare steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What sizes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSixteen: two depths of 457 mm and 610 mm, each in eight widths from 610 mm to 1830 mm, all 1880 mm high. Pick the size from the options list on this page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it arrive assembled?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is flat-packed and assembled on site. That is deliberate - a 475 x 1085 x 165 mm carton fits through a cool room door where an assembled bay would not.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can I add shelves or change the height later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Extra shelves are available, posts come in 2184 mm and 910 mm as well as the standard height, and the shelves adjust on corner lock clips without tools. Accessories are not included with the bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B18\/42 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 2 years, parts only — labour is not included. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight will each shelf hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"150 kg per shelf. With four tiers that is 600 kg per bay, evenly distributed.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it go in a cool room or freezer?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - that is what it is specified for. Both the shelves and the posts are black plasticised, which is the coating that resists the corrosion a cold, damp room causes to bare steel.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What sizes are available?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Sixteen: two depths of 457 mm and 610 mm, each in eight widths from 610 mm to 1830 mm, all 1880 mm high. Pick the size from the options list on this page.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it arrive assembled?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No, it is flat-packed and assembled on site. That is deliberate - a 475 x 1085 x 165 mm carton fits through a cool room door where an assembled bay would not.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can I add shelves or change the height later?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Extra shelves are available, posts come in 2184 mm and 910 mm as well as the standard height, and the shelves adjust on corner lock clips without tools. Accessories are not included with the bay.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B18\/42 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 2 years, parts only - labour is not included. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"1067(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846365485,"sku":"B18\/42","price":195.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846398253,"sku":"B18\/48","price":214.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1372(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846431021,"sku":"B18\/54","price":232.9,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846463789,"sku":"B18\/60","price":260.95,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1830(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846496557,"sku":"B18\/72","price":301.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"610(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846529325,"sku":"B18\/24","price":148.75,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"760(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846562093,"sku":"B18\/30","price":167.45,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"915(W) x 457(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846594861,"sku":"B18\/36","price":176.8,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1067(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846627629,"sku":"B24\/42","price":223.55,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1220(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846660397,"sku":"B24\/48","price":251.6,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1372(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846693165,"sku":"B24\/54","price":270.3,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1525(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846725933,"sku":"B24\/60","price":307.7,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1830(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846758701,"sku":"B24\/72","price":345.1,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"610(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846791469,"sku":"B24\/24","price":176.8,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"760(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846824237,"sku":"B24\/30","price":195.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true},{"title":"915(W) x 610(D) x 1880(H)mm","offer_id":51539846857005,"sku":"B24\/36","price":208.25,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-four-tier-shelving-9367848.jpg?v=1776341320"},{"product_id":"frymax-fmpd90135g-oil-filter-powder-90-135g-satchels","title":"FryMax FM-PD90\/135G Oil Filter Powder 90 × 135g Satchels","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrymax FM-PD90\/135G is a box of 90 × 135g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable treatment that extends the life of frying oil in commercial kitchens. Used alongside regular oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and the sticky residue that ordinary filtering leaves behind, turning them into solid particles the filter can remove. The smaller 135g satchels suit single fryers and lighter oil volumes, with a high satchel count per box for frequent filtering in fish and chip shops, takeaways and busy fryer kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FM-PD90\/135G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 × 135g satchels\u003c\/strong\u003e — a high-count box of smaller 135g doses, ideal for single fryers and precise per-cycle dosing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtends oil life\u003c\/strong\u003e — adsorbs free fatty acids so oil stays usable longer and is replaced less often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner frying\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes the sticky residue that filtering alone leaves behind, for more consistent food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with routine filtering\u003c\/strong\u003e — added during your regular oil-filter cycle, with no special equipment needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMore satchels per box\u003c\/strong\u003e — 90 pre-portioned doses suit venues that filter often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrymax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFM-PD90\/135G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFM-PD90\/135G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Filter Powder (consumable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 × 135g satchels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatchel weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e135 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 100 × 50 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FM-PD90\/135G suits fish and chip shops, takeaways and any commercial kitchen running deep fryers that wants to cut oil costs and keep fried food quality consistent. The smaller 135g satchels suit single fryers and precise dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/frymax\"\u003eFrymax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FM-PD90\/135G ships as a box of 90 satchels — store in a cool, dry place and add a satchel during your routine oil-filter cycle. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is Frymax FM-PD90\/135G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a box of 90 × 135g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable used to extend the life of commercial frying oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does oil filter powder work?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Added during routine oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and sticky residue, turning them into solid particles the filter removes so oil stays cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the FM-PD90\/135G different from the FM-PD50\/250G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The FM-PD90\/135G packs 90 smaller 135g satchels, suited to single fryers and precise dosing, while the FM-PD50\/250G packs 50 larger 250g satchels for high-turnover lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I use the powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Add a satchel during your regular oil-filtering cycle; no special equipment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is FM-PD90\/135G suitable for commercial kitchens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it is a commercial oil-care consumable for fish and chip shops, takeaways and any venue running deep fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is Frymax FM-PD90\/135G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a box of 90 × 135g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable used to extend the life of commercial frying oil.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does oil filter powder work?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Added during routine oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and sticky residue, turning them into solid particles the filter removes so oil stays cleaner for longer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the FM-PD90\/135G different from the FM-PD50\/250G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The FM-PD90\/135G packs 90 smaller 135g satchels, suited to single fryers and precise dosing, while the FM-PD50\/250G packs 50 larger 250g satchels for high-turnover lines.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I use the powder?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Add a satchel during your regular oil-filtering cycle; no special equipment is required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is FM-PD90\/135G suitable for commercial kitchens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it is a commercial oil-care consumable for fish and chip shops, takeaways and any venue running deep fryers.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Frymax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539848102189,"sku":"FM-PD90\/135G","price":220.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/oil-filter-powder-fm-pd90-135g.jpg?v=1776341039"},{"product_id":"benchstar-o-360-wok-with-lid-for-induction-wok-iwwoklid36","title":"Benchstar Ø 360 Wok With Lid For Induction Wok IW-WOKLID36","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Benchstar wok and lid is a 360 mm diameter replacement or spare wok for commercial induction wok units, specified by Benchstar as suiting the \u003cstrong\u003eIW350 and IW500\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a three-layer build — 304 stainless steel interior and lid, an aluminium interface, and a 430 stainless steel exterior that couples with the induction field. One lid is supplied, and the wok ring size is 360 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IW-WOKLID36\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the IW350 and IW500 induction woks\u003c\/strong\u003e — specified by Benchstar for those units, so it seats correctly rather than approximating a fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — 304 stainless interior for food contact, an aluminium interface for even heat spread, and a 430 stainless exterior that works with induction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304 stainless steel food surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — the grade used for food contact — non-reactive and straightforward to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium interface layer\u003c\/strong\u003e — spreads heat across the base instead of concentrating it in one spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e430 stainless steel exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — ferrous, so the induction field couples with it and the wok actually heats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLid included\u003c\/strong\u003e — one lid supplied with the wok, so steaming and covered work are possible out of the box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 mm wok ring size\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the ring on the induction wok units it is specified for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty 3.3 kg build\u003c\/strong\u003e — stands up to commercial wok work rather than flexing under a full load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW-WOKLID36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW-WOKLID36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercial Wok with Lid (for induction wok)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWok ring size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar IW350 and IW500 induction woks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 layers — 304 stainless interior and lid, aluminium interface, 430 stainless exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupplied with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 lid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 800 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return to base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wok suits Asian restaurants, hotels and caterers already running a Benchstar IW350 or IW500 induction wok and needing a spare or replacement wok and lid — whether to keep a second one clean and ready through service, or to replace a worn one without taking the unit out of action.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is nothing to connect — this item is unpowered, so there is no electrical or plumbing work involved. Confirm your induction wok unit is an IW350 or IW500 before ordering, as this wok is specified for those models and the ring size must match. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 12-month \u003cstrong\u003ereturn-to-base\u003c\/strong\u003e warranty — the unit is returned for service rather than attended on site. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which induction wok units does this fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Benchstar specifies it for the IW350 and IW500 commercial induction woks. The wok ring size is 360mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is a lid included?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. One lid is supplied with the wok.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the three-layer construction for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The 304 stainless interior handles food contact, the aluminium interface spreads heat evenly across the base, and the 430 stainless exterior is ferrous so the induction field couples with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be used on a gas burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified as a wok for commercial induction wok units. For gas use, check compatibility with our team rather than assuming, as it is built for the induction ring it is matched to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What diameter is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 360mm across, matching the 360mm wok ring on the units it is specified for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which induction wok units does this fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Benchstar specifies it for the IW350 and IW500 commercial induction woks. The wok ring size is 360mm.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Is a lid included?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. One lid is supplied with the wok.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the three-layer construction for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 304 stainless interior handles food contact, the aluminium interface spreads heat evenly across the base, and the 430 stainless exterior is ferrous so the induction field couples with it.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be used on a gas burner?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified as a wok for commercial induction wok units. For gas use, check compatibility with our team rather than assuming, as it is built for the induction ring it is matched to.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What diameter is it?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"360mm across, matching the 360mm wok ring on the units it is specified for.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880214829,"sku":"IW-WOKLID36","price":152.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-oe-360-wok-with-lid-for-induction-wok-iw-woklid36-7594736.jpg?v=1776428648"},{"product_id":"benchstar-o-360-wok-for-induction-wok-iwwok36","title":"Benchstar Ø 360 Wok For Induction Wok IW-WOK36","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis Benchstar wok is a 360 mm diameter replacement or spare wok for commercial induction wok units, specified by Benchstar as suiting the \u003cstrong\u003eIW350 and IW500\u003c\/strong\u003e. It is a three-layer build — 304 stainless steel interior, an aluminium interface for even heat spread, and a 430 stainless steel exterior that couples with the induction field. The wok ring size is 360 mm. \u003cstrong\u003eThis is the wok only; no lid is supplied.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IW-WOK36\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the IW350 and IW500 induction woks\u003c\/strong\u003e — specified by Benchstar for those units, so it seats correctly on the ring rather than approximating a fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree-layer construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — 304 stainless interior for food contact, an aluminium interface to spread heat, and a 430 stainless exterior that induction can couple with\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e304 stainless steel food surface\u003c\/strong\u003e — the grade used for food contact — non-reactive and straightforward to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAluminium interface layer\u003c\/strong\u003e — spreads heat across the base instead of concentrating it in a single hot spot\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e430 stainless steel exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — ferrous, so the induction field couples with it and the wok actually heats\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e360 mm wok ring size\u003c\/strong\u003e — matches the ring on the induction wok units it is specified for\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWok only, no lid\u003c\/strong\u003e — the lower-cost option where you already have a lid — the IW-WOKLID36 is the version supplied with one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3 kg heavy-duty build\u003c\/strong\u003e — holds its shape under commercial wok work rather than flexing under a full load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW-WOK36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIW-WOK36\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCommercial Wok (for induction wok)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDiameter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWok ring size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e360 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible units\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar IW350 and IW500 induction woks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 layers — 304 stainless interior, aluminium interface, 430 stainless exterior\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot supplied\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — unpowered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 800 x 200 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months, return to base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wok suits Asian restaurants, hotels and caterers already running a Benchstar IW350 or IW500 induction wok and needing a spare or replacement — whether to keep a second one clean and ready through service, or to replace a worn one without taking the unit out of action. If you also need a lid, the IW-WOKLID36 is supplied with one.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/cookware\"\u003ecommercial cookware\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is nothing to connect — this item is unpowered, so there is no electrical or plumbing work involved. Confirm your induction wok unit is an IW350 or IW500 before ordering, as this wok is specified for those models and the ring size must match. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 12-month \u003cstrong\u003ereturn-to-base\u003c\/strong\u003e warranty — the unit is returned for service rather than attended on site. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the IW-WOK36 come with a lid?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. This is the wok only. The IW-WOKLID36 is the version of this wok that is supplied with a lid.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which induction wok units does it fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Benchstar specifies it for the IW350 and IW500 commercial induction woks. The wok ring size is 360mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the three-layer construction for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The 304 stainless interior handles food contact, the aluminium interface spreads heat evenly across the base, and the 430 stainless exterior is ferrous so the induction field couples with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be used on a gas burner?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified as a wok for commercial induction wok units. For gas use, check compatibility with our team rather than assuming, as it is built for the induction ring it is matched to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What diameter is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 360mm across, matching the 360mm wok ring on the units it is specified for.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the IW-WOK36 come with a lid?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. This is the wok only. The IW-WOKLID36 is the version of this wok that is supplied with a lid.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which induction wok units does it fit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Benchstar specifies it for the IW350 and IW500 commercial induction woks. The wok ring size is 360mm.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the three-layer construction for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"The 304 stainless interior handles food contact, the aluminium interface spreads heat evenly across the base, and the 430 stainless exterior is ferrous so the induction field couples with it.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be used on a gas burner?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified as a wok for commercial induction wok units. For gas use, check compatibility with our team rather than assuming, as it is built for the induction ring it is matched to.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What diameter is it?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"360mm across, matching the 360mm wok ring on the units it is specified for.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve months, return to base. The unit is returned for service rather than a technician attending on site — reasonable on a benchtop appliance you can transport, but worth factoring into downtime planning.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539880739117,"sku":"IW-WOK36","price":126.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-oe-360-wok-for-induction-wok-iw-wok36-2817736.jpg?v=1776428650"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jduc3401","title":"Modular Systems JD-UC340-1 3-Shelf Polypropylene Utility Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems JD-UC340-1 is a lightweight three-shelf polypropylene utility trolley that moves stock, tools, dishes and equipment around a busy kitchen on swivel castors. With a 100kg total load capacity across three moulded shelves and a 1280 x 500 x 960mm footprint, it keeps prep, service and cleaning areas clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the JD-UC340-1\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree polypropylene shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — moulded shelves with storage baskets group and move multiple items in one trip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLight and easy to push\u003c\/strong\u003e — aluminium uprights with recessed moulded handles for a secure grip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSwivel castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — manoeuvre tight aisles and corners without lifting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100kg total load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries a full set of stock, crockery or equipment across the set.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eJD-UC340-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtility Trolley (trolley only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolypropylene shelves, aluminium uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100 kg (total, whole set)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSwivel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1280 x 500 x 960 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1000 x 530 x 230 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe JD-UC340-1 suits larger commercial kitchens, cafes, function venues and catering operations that need to group and shift multiple items in a single trip. A bin and cutlery bin are available as optional extras.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eSupplied ready to use, with no power or plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does the JD-UC340-1 have?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a three-shelf utility trolley, giving three open tiers with storage baskets for stock, tools, dishes or equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much weight can the JD-UC340-1 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The total load capacity for the whole set is 100 kg, spread across the three shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the shelves made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelves are moulded polypropylene on aluminium uprights, so the trolley is light to push and easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the JD-UC340-1 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the JD-UC340-1 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does the JD-UC340-1 have?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a three-shelf utility trolley, giving three open tiers with storage baskets for stock, tools, dishes or equipment.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much weight can the JD-UC340-1 carry?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The total load capacity for the whole set is 100 kg, spread across the three shelves.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the shelves made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelves are moulded polypropylene on aluminium uprights, so the trolley is light to push and easy to clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the JD-UC340-1 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 12-month parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the JD-UC340-1 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539883000109,"sku":"JD-UC340-1","price":148.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-utility-trolley-only-jd-uc340-1-3139491.jpg?v=1776002529"},{"product_id":"as-scourtoolssw","title":"F.E.D Scourer AS-SCOURTOOLSSW","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eScourer - AS-SCOURTOOLSSW\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStainless steel 304\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEasy cleaning equipment\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScourer pads can be purchased\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"F.E.D","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539898138925,"sku":"AS-SCOURTOOLSSW","price":89.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/fed-scourer-as-scourtoolssw-7889197.jpg?v=1776428410"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc103","title":"Modular Systems YC-103 Stainless Steel 3-Shelf Trolley 150kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-103 is a three-shelf stainless steel trolley built for commercial kitchens, bakeries, and back-of-house service areas that need durable, budget-friendly mobile storage. Rated to 150 kg across three lipped shelves and rolling on four castors (two braked), it handles bussing, prep-to-line transfers, and general back-of-house logistics with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eThree shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — keeps pans and prep bowls from sliding in transit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg total load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries loaded pans, mixed crockery, or back-of-house stock moves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 stainless steel shelves, hairline finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant and easy to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS201 25 mm² tube frame, BA finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — sturdy commercial-grade structure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour castors, two with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — roll into position, then lock when stationary\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships flat to keep freight low; assembly manual and tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-103\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-shelf stainless steel trolley with lipped edges\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS430 stainless steel, hairline finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS201 25 mm² stainless tube, BA finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg total\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (2 with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W × D × H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 550 × 175 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed; manual + tools included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuited to cafés, restaurants, bakeries, catering companies, and institutional kitchens (schools, aged care, hospitals). The three lipped shelves work equally well for moving crockery to the dishwash area, transferring prep between stations, or holding stock on the floor during a clean-down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAssembly \u0026amp; support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed to keep freight costs down; the instruction manual and required tools ship with the unit. Typical assembly is 20–30 minutes for one person. Warranty is 2 years parts only — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full terms. Fit-out finance is available through SilverChef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRelated\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003eBrowse all catering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eSee the full Modular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum load?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e150 kg total across the three shelves — comfortably enough for a full load of plated meals, mixed crockery, or a back-of-house stock move.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it assembled on arrival?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo — it ships flat-packed to keep freight costs down. The instruction manual and required tools are included, and typical assembly is 20–30 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish and the frame is SUS201 25 mm² tube with a BA finish. This is not 304 food-contact grade — confirm with our team if 304 is required for your application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit through a standard doorway?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — at 855 × 535 mm it clears most commercial kitchen doorways and service corridors. Overall height is 940 mm including castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does it carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e2 years parts only. Structural items (frame, shelves, castors) are covered; consumables and wear items are not. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539902660909,"sku":"YC-103","price":280.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-103-8213976.jpg?v=1776428347"},{"product_id":"cpwk025-10","title":"Benchstar Insulated Top Loading Food Carrier CPWK025-10","description":"\u003cp\u003e25 Litre Top Loading Food Carrier - CPWK025-10\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExterior: 650mmW×450D×250H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eInterior: 510mmW×310D×160H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMade from high quality long-life Food Grade Polyethylene (PE)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Alkaline resistant\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Shock resistant\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Safe use range -40ºC to 80ºC\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Easy to clean\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Double thickness PE structure filled with polyurethane foam\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Door gaskets to minimise heat\/cold loss\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Pressure relief valve for easy opening Our carriers are attractive, durable, practically unbreakable \u0026amp; will leave no taste or odour in foods\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539903512877,"sku":"CPWK025-10","price":331.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk025-10-4836536.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"cpwk020-11","title":"Benchstar Insulated Top Loading Food Carrier CPWK020-11","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Benchstar CPWK020-11 is a 20-litre insulated top-loading food carrier for transporting hot or cold food without powered assistance. Its double-thickness food-grade polyethylene shell is filled with polyurethane foam, with door gaskets to minimise heat and cold loss and a pressure relief valve that makes the lid easy to open after a temperature change. It is rated for use from -40 to 80C, is alkaline and shock resistant, and leaves no taste or odour in food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPWK020-11\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20 litre capacity, top loading\u003c\/strong\u003e — a practical single-person load for catering runs, with straightforward access from above\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-thickness PE filled with polyurethane foam\u003c\/strong\u003e — the insulation that actually holds temperature over a transport leg, rather than a thin-walled box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e — releases the vacuum that forms as contents cool, so the lid opens easily instead of fighting you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor gaskets\u003c\/strong\u003e — seal the lid to minimise heat and cold loss in transit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRated -40 to 80C\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles frozen product and hot food in the same unit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade polyethylene, no taste or odour transfer\u003c\/strong\u003e — food comes out tasting the way it went in, run after run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlkaline and shock resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — survives commercial cleaning chemicals and being knocked about in a vehicle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnpowered — nothing to plug in\u003c\/strong\u003e — no cord, no circuit and no electrical requirement, so it works anywhere\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK020-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK020-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulated Top Loading Food Carrier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTop loading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 450 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 x 310 x 110 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-thickness food-grade polyethylene, polyurethane foam filled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe use range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor gaskets; pressure relief valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkaline resistant, shock resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone — unpowered\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 660 x 260 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePolyethylene\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 months parts only (no labour)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK020-11 suits caterers, function venues, meal-delivery operations, aged-care and school kitchens moving prepared food between a production kitchen and a service point. Because it is unpowered it works in a vehicle, a marquee or anywhere without a socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003efood storage containers and carriers\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/benchstar\"\u003eBenchstar\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThere is nothing to connect — this item is unpowered, so there is no electrical or plumbing work involved. Check the interior dimensions against your gastronorm pans or containers before ordering — the usable space is 510 x 310 x 110 mm inside a 650 x 450 x 210 mm exterior, and it is the interior figure that determines what actually fits. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 12-month \u003cstrong\u003eparts only\u003c\/strong\u003e warranty — labour is not included. See our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the internal dimensions of the CPWK020-11?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: 510 x 310 x 110mm, within an exterior of 650 x 450 x 210mm. Check your pans against the internal figure, since that is what determines what fits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is an unpowered insulated carrier — there is nothing to plug in, which is what makes it usable in a vehicle or at an off-site function.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the pressure relief valve for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: As hot contents cool, a vacuum forms inside the sealed carrier and makes the lid difficult to lift. The valve releases that pressure so the lid opens easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperature range is it rated for?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: -40 to 80C, so it handles frozen product as well as hot food.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Will it hold flavours or odours between uses?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is made from food-grade polyethylene, which Benchstar specifies as leaving no taste or odour in foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Twelve months parts only. Labour is not covered under this warranty, which is worth noting when budgeting for service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the internal dimensions of the CPWK020-11?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"510 x 310 x 110mm, within an exterior of 650 x 450 x 210mm. Check your pans against the internal figure, since that is what determines what fits.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is an unpowered insulated carrier — there is nothing to plug in, which is what makes it usable in a vehicle or at an off-site function.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What is the pressure relief valve for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"As hot contents cool, a vacuum forms inside the sealed carrier and makes the lid difficult to lift. The valve releases that pressure so the lid opens easily.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What temperature range is it rated for?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"-40 to 80C, so it handles frozen product as well as hot food.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Will it hold flavours or odours between uses?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is made from food-grade polyethylene, which Benchstar specifies as leaving no taste or odour in foods.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Twelve months parts only. Labour is not covered under this warranty, which is worth noting when budgeting for service.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Benchstar","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539903578413,"sku":"CPWK020-11","price":306.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk020-11-2548809.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"cpwk040-19","title":"Food Tek Insulated Top Loading Food Carrier CPWK040-19","description":"\u003cp\u003e40 Litre Top Loading Food Carrier - CPWK040-19\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExterior: 720mmW×360D×380H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eInterior: 600mmW×240D×310H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMade from high quality long-life\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eFood Grade Polyethylene (PE)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Alkaline resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Shock resistant\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Safe use range -40ºC to 80ºC\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Double thickness PE structure filled with polyurethane foam\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Door gaskets to minimise heat\/cold loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003e Pressure relief valve for easy opening\u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eOur carriers are attractive, durable, practically unbreakable \u0026amp; will leave no taste or odour in foods\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539903611181,"sku":"CPWK040-19","price":433.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk040-19-7695496.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"cpwk-14","title":"Food Tek Trolley Base For Top Loading Carrier CPWK-14","description":"\u003cp\u003eTrolley base for Top Loading Carrier - CPWK-14\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539903709485,"sku":"CPWK-14","price":255.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-trolley-base-for-top-loading-carrier-cpwk-14-2896691.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"cpwk030-13","title":"Food Tek 30 L Insulated Top-Loading Food Carrier CPWK030-13","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK030-13 is a \u003cstrong\u003e30 litre passive insulated top-loading food carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e in food-grade polyethylene. \u003cstrong\u003eIt has no compressor, no element and no power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e - it holds the temperature product already has, hot or cold, it does not create it. It is 450 mm deep and 300 mm high; \u003cstrong\u003ethe external width is not confirmed - see the FAQ below before planning a shelf or vehicle space\u003c\/strong\u003e. Internal 510 x 310 x 210 mm, 8.5 kg empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPWK030-13\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive insulation, no power required\u003c\/strong\u003e - a double-walled polyethylene shell filled with polyurethane foam. Nothing to plug in, nothing to fail, and it can go in a vehicle or on a site where there is no outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade polyethylene\u003c\/strong\u003e - alkaline resistant and shock resistant, and rated for continuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C - the same body works for frozen product and for hot holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGasketed lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the gasket is what makes the insulation worth having; without a seal the foam only slows the loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e - hot product creates pressure as it cools, and a sealed vessel without relief becomes hard to open. This vents it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth moulded interior\u003c\/strong\u003e - no seams or welds to trap product, so it washes out properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e30 L capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - internal 510 x 310 x 210 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-loading\u003c\/strong\u003e - lift-off lid over the full opening, so deep containers and gastronorm pans go straight in and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK030-13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK030-13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK030-13\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive insulated top-loading food carrier - not refrigerated or heated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e720 x 450 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 x 310 x 210 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade polyethylene with polyurethane foam insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - passive insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK030-13 suits catering, function and off-site work where product has to hold temperature between the kitchen and the point of service - outside catering, staff feeding, school and aged-care runs, and anywhere a powered cabinet is impractical. Pre-heat or pre-chill the vessel and load product already at temperature; it will hold, not recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003einsulated food storage range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo installation and \u003cstrong\u003eno power point\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is a passive vessel. Pre-conditioning the interior before loading makes a material difference to holding time. It is not a refrigerator and not a hot box: it does not bring product to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this keep food cold, or does it just insulate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt insulates. There is no compressor, no element and no power connection - it slows the rate at which product loses the temperature it already has. Load product already hot or already cold. If you need something that brings product to temperature or holds it indefinitely, you need a powered cabinet, not a carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperatures can the body take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C. That covers frozen product at one end and hot holding at the other, and it is the material limit rather than a performance claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the pressure relief valve for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot product cooling inside a sealed vessel creates a partial vacuum, which can make the lid very hard to lift. The valve equalises it so the unit opens normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will it hold temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the starting temperature, the ambient, how full it is and how often it is opened, so we do not publish a figure - any single number would be wrong for most sites. Pre-conditioning the interior and keeping it full both extend it significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe moulded polyethylene interior is designed to be washed out and has no seams to trap product. Follow the supplier documentation for the cleaning method rather than assuming a commercial dishwasher cycle is suitable for the foam-filled body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539904463149,"sku":"CPWK030-13","price":374.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk030-13-1840735.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"cpwk010-25","title":"Food Tek 10 L Insulated Drink Dispenser CPWK010-25","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK010-25 is a \u003cstrong\u003e10 litre passive insulated drink dispenser with a spigot\u003c\/strong\u003e in food-grade polyethylene. \u003cstrong\u003eIt has no compressor, no element and no power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e - it holds the temperature product already has, hot or cold, it does not create it. External 400 x 280 x 480 mm, internal 300 x 180 x 250 mm, 4.3 kg empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPWK010-25\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive insulation, no power required\u003c\/strong\u003e - a double-walled polyethylene shell filled with polyurethane foam. Nothing to plug in, nothing to fail, and it can go in a vehicle or on a site where there is no outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade polyethylene\u003c\/strong\u003e - alkaline resistant and shock resistant, and rated for continuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C - the same body works for frozen product and for hot holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGasketed lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the gasket is what makes the insulation worth having; without a seal the foam only slows the loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e - hot product creates pressure as it cools, and a sealed vessel without relief becomes hard to open. This vents it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth moulded interior\u003c\/strong\u003e - no seams or welds to trap product, so it washes out properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e10 L capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - internal 300 x 180 x 250 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpigot fitted\u003c\/strong\u003e - draws off without lifting or tipping the vessel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK010-25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK010-25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK010-25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive insulated drink dispenser - not refrigerated or heated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400 x 280 x 480 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 x 180 x 250 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade polyethylene with polyurethane foam insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.3 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - passive insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK010-25 suits catering, function and off-site work where product has to hold temperature between the kitchen and the point of service - outside catering, staff feeding, school and aged-care runs, and anywhere a powered cabinet is impractical. Pre-heat or pre-chill the vessel and load product already at temperature; it will hold, not recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003einsulated food storage range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo installation and \u003cstrong\u003eno power point\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is a passive vessel. Pre-conditioning the interior before loading makes a material difference to holding time. It is not a refrigerator and not a hot box: it does not bring product to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this keep food cold, or does it just insulate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt insulates. There is no compressor, no element and no power connection - it slows the rate at which product loses the temperature it already has. Load product already hot or already cold. If you need something that brings product to temperature or holds it indefinitely, you need a powered cabinet, not a carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperatures can the body take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eContinuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C. That covers frozen product at one end and hot holding at the other, and it is the material limit rather than a performance claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the pressure relief valve for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHot product cooling inside a sealed vessel creates a partial vacuum, which can make the lid very hard to lift. The valve equalises it so the unit opens normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will it hold temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the starting temperature, the ambient, how full it is and how often it is opened, so we do not publish a figure - any single number would be wrong for most sites. Pre-conditioning the interior and keeping it full both extend it significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe moulded polyethylene interior is designed to be washed out and has no seams to trap product. Follow the supplier documentation for the cleaning method rather than assuming a commercial dishwasher cycle is suitable for the foam-filled body.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does this keep food cold, or does it just insulate?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It insulates. There is no compressor, no element and no power connection - it slows the rate at which product loses the temperature it already has. Load product already hot or already cold. If you need something that brings product to temperature or holds it indefinitely, you need a powered cabinet, not a carrier.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What temperatures can the body take?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Continuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C. That covers frozen product at one end and hot holding at the other, and it is the material limit rather than a performance claim.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the pressure relief valve for?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Hot product cooling inside a sealed vessel creates a partial vacuum, which can make the lid very hard to lift. The valve equalises it so the unit opens normally.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How long will it hold temperature?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"That depends on the starting temperature, the ambient, how full it is and how often it is opened, so we do not publish a figure - any single number would be wrong for most sites. Pre-conditioning the interior and keeping it full both extend it significantly.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it dishwasher safe?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The moulded polyethylene interior is designed to be washed out and has no seams to trap product. Follow the supplier documentation for the cleaning method rather than assuming a commercial dishwasher cycle is suitable for the foam-filled body.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539904495917,"sku":"CPWK010-25","price":306.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-drink-dispenser-cpwk010-25-7413469.jpg?v=1776428289"},{"product_id":"gelato-5l","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Pan GELATO-5L","description":"Gelato stainless steel pan 5LPower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"F.H.E","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539906232621,"sku":"GELATO-5L","price":24.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-pan-gelato-5l-6027668.jpg?v=1776428288"},{"product_id":"frymax-frymax-oil-filter-powder-50-250g-satchels-fmpd50250g","title":"FryMAX Frymax Oil Filter Powder 50 × 250G Satchels FM-PD50\/250G","description":"\u003cp\u003eFrymax FM-PD50\/250G is a box of 50 × 250g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable treatment that extends the life of frying oil in commercial kitchens. Used alongside regular oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and the sticky residue that ordinary filtering leaves behind, turning them into solid particles the filter can remove. Suited to fish and chip shops, takeaways and any venue running deep fryers, each 250g satchel doses a filter cycle to keep oil cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the FM-PD50\/250G\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e50 × 250g satchels\u003c\/strong\u003e — a bulk box of pre-portioned 250g doses for high-turnover fryer kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtends oil life\u003c\/strong\u003e — adsorbs free fatty acids so oil stays usable longer and is replaced less often.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner frying\u003c\/strong\u003e — removes the sticky residue that filtering alone leaves behind, for more consistent food quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWorks with routine filtering\u003c\/strong\u003e — added during your regular oil-filter cycle, with no special equipment needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePre-portioned satchels\u003c\/strong\u003e — 250g satchels make dosing quick and mess-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrymax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFM-PD50\/250G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFM-PD50\/250G\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOil Filter Powder (consumable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50 × 250g satchels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSatchel weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 × 50 × 100 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FM-PD50\/250G suits fish and chip shops, takeaways and any commercial kitchen running deep fryers that wants to cut oil costs and keep fried food quality consistent. The 250g satchels suit high-turnover fryer lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/frymax\"\u003eFrymax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eStorage \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe FM-PD50\/250G ships as a box of 50 satchels — store in a cool, dry place and add a satchel during your routine oil-filter cycle. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is Frymax FM-PD50\/250G?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a box of 50 × 250g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable used to extend the life of commercial frying oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How does oil filter powder work?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Added during routine oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and sticky residue, turning them into solid particles the filter removes so oil stays cleaner for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many satchels are in a pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Each FM-PD50\/250G pack contains 50 satchels of 250g.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How do I use the powder?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Add a satchel during your regular oil-filtering cycle; no special equipment is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is FM-PD50\/250G suitable for commercial kitchens?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes — it is a commercial oil-care consumable for fish and chip shops, takeaways and any venue running deep fryers.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is Frymax FM-PD50\/250G?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a box of 50 × 250g oil filter powder satchels — a consumable used to extend the life of commercial frying oil.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How does oil filter powder work?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Added during routine oil filtering, the powder adsorbs polarised free fatty acids and sticky residue, turning them into solid particles the filter removes so oil stays cleaner for longer.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many satchels are in a pack?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each FM-PD50\/250G pack contains 50 satchels of 250g.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How do I use the powder?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Add a satchel during your regular oil-filtering cycle; no special equipment is required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is FM-PD50\/250G suitable for commercial kitchens?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes — it is a commercial oil-care consumable for fish and chip shops, takeaways and any venue running deep fryers.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"FryMAX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539912229165,"sku":"FM-PD50\/250G","price":289.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/frymax-frymax-oil-filter-powder-50-250g-satchels-fm-pd50250g-8973418.jpg?v=1776428169"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc102d","title":"Modular Systems Stainless Steel Trolley With 2 Shelves YC-102D","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102D is a two-tier stainless steel service trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around commercial kitchens, cafes, hotels and catering venues. With deep SUS430 shelves, a rigid tube frame and a 150 kg load rating, it is a dependable workhorse for everyday transport and mobile storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102D\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2-tier deep shelf design\u003c\/strong\u003e — extra depth per shelf for bulkier loads and more capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles heavy transport tasks across a busy venue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 stainless shelves, hairline finish\u003c\/strong\u003e — corrosion-resistant, hygienic and easy to wipe down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm² SUS201 tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — a strong, rigid structure for daily rough use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 castors (2 with brake)\u003c\/strong\u003e — moves easily and locks securely in place when parked\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed assembly\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact with instruction manual and tools included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102D\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless Steel Service Trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e510 × 960 × 180 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (deep shelf), SUS430 hairline finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25mm² SUS201 tube, BA finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 (2 braked)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (2 Years Parts Only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA versatile fit for restaurants, cafes, hotels, function venues and catering operations that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between areas. The braked castors make it safe to load and unload on the move, and the compact footprint suits tight service corridors. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003ecatering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e range, or see everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eDelivery \u0026amp; finance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe YC-102D is flat-packed for delivery and assembles into a rigid two-tier trolley with four castors, two of which are braked. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the YC-102D carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is rated to a 150 kg load capacity spread across its two deep shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the shelves and frame made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe shelves are SUS430 stainless steel with a hairline finish, mounted on a 25mm² SUS201 tube frame with a BA finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the trolley have brakes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. It runs on four castors, two of which are braked so it can be locked securely in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the trolley's dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt measures 855 (W) × 535 (D) × 940 (H) mm and ships flat-packed at 510 × 960 × 180 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat warranty does the YC-102D include?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt comes with a 24-month (2 years) parts-only warranty. Full terms are on our warranty information page.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913670957,"sku":"YC-102D","price":348.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-with-2-shelves-yc-102d-5281515.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc102","title":"Modular Systems YC-102 Stainless Steel Trolley 2-Shelf","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems YC-102 is a two-shelf stainless steel trolley built to move stock, prep and service items around busy commercial kitchens, cafes and function floors. With a 150 kg load capacity, hairline-finish shelves and four castors (two braked), it gives caterers and hospitality venues a durable, easy-to-manoeuvre transport cart.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy operators choose the YC-102\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo shelves with standard lip\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep items contained and separate loads on the move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150 kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — carries heavy stock, crockery and prep between stations in one trip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS430 hairline-finish shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — resist corrosion and hide scuffs for a clean look in service areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSUS201 tubular frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — strong, lightweight structure that is easy to push\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e4 swivel castors, 2 braked\u003c\/strong\u003e — full manoeuvrability with a locked, stationary hold when needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-pack with tools and manual\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compact and assembles on site to lower freight cost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYC-102\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel trolley (2 shelf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e855 × 535 × 940 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e850 × 550 × 150 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 (standard lip)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSUS430 hairline shelves \/ SUS201 tubular frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 swivel (2 braked)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of origin\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eChina\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 months (parts only)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for cafes, restaurants, hotels, caterers and commercial kitchens that need to shift stock, crockery or prep between the kitchen, store and service floor. The braked castors make it safe to park and load in high-traffic areas. Browse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003ecatering trolleys\u003c\/a\u003e range, or see everything from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFinance \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDelivered flat-packed with the tools and manual needed for quick on-site assembly. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Commercial finance is available through SilverChef. Warranty terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much weight can the YC-102 carry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt has a 150 kg total load capacity spread across its two shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many shelves does it have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo shelves, each with a standard lip to keep items contained during transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo the castors lock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — it runs on four swivel castors, two of which are braked for a secure park.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the trolley dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e855 mm wide, 535 mm deep and 940 mm high overall.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSUS430 hairline-finish shelves on a SUS201 tubular stainless steel frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539913998637,"sku":"YC-102","price":229.5,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-stainless-steel-trolley-yc-102-2216924.jpg?v=1776428168"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-base-for-front-loading-carrier-cpwk9","title":"Food Tek Trolley Base For Front Loading Carrier CPWK-9","description":"\u003cp\u003eTrolley base for Front Loading Carrier - CPWK-9 Suits CPWK090-1\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539920912685,"sku":"CPWK-9","price":178.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-trolley-base-for-front-loading-carrier-cpwk-9-8140354.jpg?v=1776427992"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT17","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT17\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM17 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT17\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM17 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1750 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT17\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM17 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e19.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT17 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM17 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1750 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 19.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT17 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM17 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1750 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 19.5 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922321709,"sku":"BMT17","price":373.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt17-9425714.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14","title":"Benchstar Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT14","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT14\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM14 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT14\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM14 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1400 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM14 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1400 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT14 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM14 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1400 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 18 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT14 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM14 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1400 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 18 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922485549,"sku":"BMT14","price":348.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt14-1958552.jpg?v=1776427991"},{"product_id":"benchstar-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11","title":"Bonvue Trolley For Countertop Bain Marie BMT11","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eBonvue BMT11\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-stainless trolley that puts a countertop bain marie on wheels at working height. It \u003cstrong\u003esuits the BM11 series\u003c\/strong\u003e, comes \u003cstrong\u003ewithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e for open access underneath, and rolls on four lockable castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the BMT11\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSuits the BM11 series\u003c\/strong\u003e — matched to the bain marie footprint rather than a generic trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFour lockable castors\u003c\/strong\u003e — move the servery point where it is needed, then lock it off for service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWithout side panels\u003c\/strong\u003e — open underneath for storage and access, and lighter to move\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — wipes down and stands up to a wash-down environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1060 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/strong\u003e — brings a countertop unit to a working height without a bench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBMT11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrolley for countertop bain marie\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSuits\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBonvue BM11 series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide panels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot fitted (open sides)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4, lockable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll stainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1060 x 630 x 750 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e17 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts \u0026amp; labour, plus 2 years parts only when registered within 14 days of invoice\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA bain marie trolley turns a countertop unit into a mobile servery point — function and banquet catering, buffets, canteens and venues that move service between rooms. Lockable castors matter here: the trolley has to stay put once it is in position with hot product on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompare the full range of \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bain-marie-trolleys-and-accessories\"\u003ebain marie trolleys and accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or see more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/bonvue\"\u003eBonvue\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe trolley itself needs no electrical connection — only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements. Assemble on a level floor, check it sits flat, and lock the castors before loading. Confirm the trolley suits your specific bain marie model before ordering. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Backed by a 2-year parts and labour warranty, plus a further 2 years parts only when the product is registered within 14 days of invoice — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full terms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Which bain marie does the BMT11 suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is specified for the Bonvue BM11 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it have side panels?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it be locked in place?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions and weight?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 1060 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 17 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the trolley need power?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e\n{\n  \"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\",\n  \"@type\": \"FAQPage\",\n  \"mainEntity\": [\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Which bain marie does the BMT11 suit?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It is specified for the Bonvue BM11 series. For any other model, check the trolley's dimensions against your unit before ordering.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does it have side panels?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. It is supplied without side panels, so the space underneath stays open and accessible.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Can it be locked in place?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Yes. It rolls on four lockable castors, so it stays put once positioned.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What are the dimensions and weight?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"It measures 1060 mm wide x 630 mm deep x 750 mm high and weighs 17 kg.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"Does the trolley need power?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"No. Only the bain marie mounted on it does, per that unit's own requirements.\"\n      }\n    },\n    {\n      \"@type\": \"Question\",\n      \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\",\n      \"acceptedAnswer\": {\n        \"@type\": \"Answer\",\n        \"text\": \"Two years parts and labour, plus a further two years parts only if you register the product within 14 days of invoice.\"\n      }\n    }\n  ]\n}\n\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Bonvue","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539922649389,"sku":"BMT11","price":322.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/bonvue-trolley-for-countertop-bain-marie-bmt11-9554960.jpg?v=1776427989"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts180","title":"Modular Systems Adjustable Ss Gastronorm Rack GTS-180","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems GTS-180 is a heavy-duty stainless steel gastronorm rack that stores and transports trays in high volume, built for bakeries, production kitchens and caterers. It holds 18 shelves adjustable from 410mm to 600mm wide, measures 520 x 740 x 1810mm, carries up to 150kg and rolls on castors. All joints are fully welded for strength and it ships flat-packed with a manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the GTS-180\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e18 adjustable shelves\u003c\/strong\u003e — shelf width sets from 410mm to 600mm to fit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e150kg load capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — handles a full production run of loaded trays without sagging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded 304-grade shelf supports\u003c\/strong\u003e — 1.2mm stainless supports 50mm wide with rear stays keep trays secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25mm stainless tube frame\u003c\/strong\u003e — rigid, corrosion-resistant frame rated for heavy daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors with two brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — wheel the loaded rack between prep, oven and cool-room, then lock it in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFully welded joints\u003c\/strong\u003e — no loose fixings to work free under load or wash-down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat-packed with tools\u003c\/strong\u003e — ships compactly and assembles on site with the included manual\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGTS-180\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable stainless steel gastronorm rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e520 x 740 x 1810 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelves\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18, adjustable width 410–600 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e150 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 mm stainless steel tube\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShelf supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless, 50mm wide with rear stays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOn castors (two with brake)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTray compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat-packed with manual and tools\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 Years Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith 18 adjustable shelves and a 150kg rating, this rack suits bakeries, patisseries, production kitchens and caterers that move trays in volume between prep, oven and storage. The braked castors make it ideal for transporting loaded trays across a busy floor. It is less suited to tight galley kitchens where a fixed wall shelf saves floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eExplore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/catering-trolleys\"\u003etrolleys \u0026amp; racks\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e product for a matching fit-out.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAssembles from flat-pack using the supplied manual and tools; set the shelf spacing to suit your trays before loading. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty terms are covered on our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the load capacity?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the overall dimensions?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What grade of stainless steel is used?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it need assembly?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty applies?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many shelves does the GTS-180 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds 18 shelves, each adjustable in width from 410mm to 600mm to suit Gastronorm, Euronorm and bakery trays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the load capacity?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 is rated to 150kg total load.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the overall dimensions?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The rack measures 520mm wide x 740mm deep x 1810mm high.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is it mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It runs on castors, two of which have brakes so you can lock it in position once it is where you need it.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What grade of stainless steel is used?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The shelf supports are fully welded 1.2mm 304-grade stainless steel, 50mm wide with rear stays, on a 25mm stainless tube frame.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it need assembly?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is supplied flat-packed for transport and assembles on site with the included manual and tools.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty applies?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The GTS-180 carries a 2 Years Parts Only warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539930841389,"sku":"GTS-180","price":560.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-adjustable-ss-gastronorm-rack-gts-180-9467749.jpg?v=1776427927"},{"product_id":"cpwk011-27","title":"Food Tek 11 L Insulated Top-Loading Food Carrier CPWK011-27","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK011-27 is a \u003cstrong\u003e11 litre passive insulated top-loading food carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e in food-grade polyethylene. \u003cstrong\u003eIt has no compressor, no element and no power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e - it holds the temperature product already has, hot or cold, it does not create it. It is 380 mm deep and 265 mm high; \u003cstrong\u003ethe external width is not confirmed - see the FAQ below before planning a shelf or vehicle space\u003c\/strong\u003e. Internal 305 x 245 x 160 mm, 4.7 kg empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPWK011-27\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive insulation, no power required\u003c\/strong\u003e - a double-walled polyethylene shell filled with polyurethane foam. Nothing to plug in, nothing to fail, and it can go in a vehicle or on a site where there is no outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade polyethylene\u003c\/strong\u003e - alkaline resistant and shock resistant, and rated for continuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C - the same body works for frozen product and for hot holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGasketed lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the gasket is what makes the insulation worth having; without a seal the foam only slows the loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e - hot product creates pressure as it cools, and a sealed vessel without relief becomes hard to open. This vents it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth moulded interior\u003c\/strong\u003e - no seams or welds to trap product, so it washes out properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e11 L capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - internal 305 x 245 x 160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-loading\u003c\/strong\u003e - lift-off lid over the full opening, so deep containers and gastronorm pans go straight in and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK011-27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK011-27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK011-27\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e11 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive insulated top-loading food carrier - not refrigerated or heated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e650 x 380 x 265 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e305 x 245 x 160 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade polyethylene with polyurethane foam insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - passive insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK011-27 suits catering, function and off-site work where product has to hold temperature between the kitchen and the point of service - outside catering, staff feeding, school and aged-care runs, and anywhere a powered cabinet is impractical. Pre-heat or pre-chill the vessel and load product already at temperature; it will hold, not recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003einsulated food storage range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo installation and \u003cstrong\u003eno power point\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is a passive vessel. Pre-conditioning the interior before loading makes a material difference to holding time. It is not a refrigerator and not a hot box: it does not bring product to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this keep food cold, or does it just insulate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt insulates. There is no compressor, no element and no power connection - it slows the rate at which product loses the temperature it already has. Load product already hot or already cold. If you need something that brings product to temperature or holds it indefinitely, you need a powered cabinet, not a carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperatures can the body take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C. That covers frozen product at one end and hot holding at the other, and it is the material limit rather than a performance claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the pressure relief valve for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot product cooling inside a sealed vessel creates a partial vacuum, which can make the lid very hard to lift. The valve equalises it so the unit opens normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will it hold temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the starting temperature, the ambient, how full it is and how often it is opened, so we do not publish a figure - any single number would be wrong for most sites. Pre-conditioning the interior and keeping it full both extend it significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe moulded polyethylene interior is designed to be washed out and has no seams to trap product. Follow the supplier documentation for the cleaning method rather than assuming a commercial dishwasher cycle is suitable for the foam-filled body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539940114733,"sku":"CPWK011-27","price":306.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk011-27-2024943.jpg?v=1776427808"},{"product_id":"cpwk007-28","title":"Food Tek Insulated Top Loading Food Carrier CPWK007-28","description":"\u003cp\u003e6.8 Litre Top Loading Food Carrier - CPWK007-28\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e Exterior: 440mmW×380D×205H \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e Interior: 305mmW×245D×100H \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cul\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eMade from high quality long-life Food Grade Polyethylene (PE) \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003ealkaline resistant \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eshock resistant \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003esafe use range -40ºC to 80ºC \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003eeasy to clean\u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003edouble thickness PE structure filled with polyurethane foam \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003edoor gaskets to minimise heat\/cold loss \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003cli\u003epressure relief valve for easy opening Our carriers are attractive, durable, practically unbreakable \u0026amp; will leave no taste or odour in foods\u003cbr\u003e\n \u003c\/li\u003e\n \u003c\/ul\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539940213037,"sku":"CPWK007-28","price":272.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk007-28-7921742.jpg?v=1776427808"},{"product_id":"cpwk035-21","title":"Food Tek Insulated Drink Dispenser CPWK035-21","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e35 Litre Insulated Drink Dispenser with Spigot - CPWK035-21 \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExterior:\u003c\/strong\u003e 500mmW×400D×580H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e Interior:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400mmW×300D×350H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMade from high quality long-life\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eFood Grade Polyethylene (PE)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Alkaline resistant\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Shock resistant\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Safe use range -40ºC to 80ºC\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Easy to clean\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Double thickness PE structure filled with Polyurethane Foam\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Door gaskets to minimise heat\/cold loss\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Pressure relief valve for easy opening\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eOur carriers are attractive, durable, practically unbreakable \u0026amp; will leave no taste or odour in foods\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539940278573,"sku":"CPWK035-21","price":348.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-drink-dispenser-cpwk035-21-3406648.jpg?v=1776427808"},{"product_id":"cpwk080-3","title":"Food Tek 80 L Insulated Top-Loading Food Carrier CPWK080-3","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK080-3 is a \u003cstrong\u003e80 litre passive insulated top-loading food carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e in food-grade polyethylene. \u003cstrong\u003eIt has no compressor, no element and no power connection\u003c\/strong\u003e - it holds the temperature product already has, hot or cold, it does not create it. It is 560 mm deep and 380 mm high; \u003cstrong\u003ethe external width is not confirmed - see the FAQ below before planning a shelf or vehicle space\u003c\/strong\u003e. Internal 600 x 450 x 300 mm, 10 kg empty.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the CPWK080-3\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePassive insulation, no power required\u003c\/strong\u003e - a double-walled polyethylene shell filled with polyurethane foam. Nothing to plug in, nothing to fail, and it can go in a vehicle or on a site where there is no outlet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFood-grade polyethylene\u003c\/strong\u003e - alkaline resistant and shock resistant, and rated for continuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C - the same body works for frozen product and for hot holding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGasketed lid\u003c\/strong\u003e - the gasket is what makes the insulation worth having; without a seal the foam only slows the loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e - hot product creates pressure as it cools, and a sealed vessel without relief becomes hard to open. This vents it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmooth moulded interior\u003c\/strong\u003e - no seams or welds to trap product, so it washes out properly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e80 L capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e - internal 600 x 450 x 300 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTop-loading\u003c\/strong\u003e - lift-off lid over the full opening, so deep containers and gastronorm pans go straight in and out\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK080-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK080-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCPWK080-3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePassive insulated top-loading food carrier - not refrigerated or heated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e630 x 560 x 380 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInternal dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e600 x 450 x 300 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood-grade polyethylene with polyurethane foam insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTemperature range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEmpty weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNone - passive insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe CPWK080-3 suits catering, function and off-site work where product has to hold temperature between the kitchen and the point of service - outside catering, staff feeding, school and aged-care runs, and anywhere a powered cabinet is impractical. Pre-heat or pre-chill the vessel and load product already at temperature; it will hold, not recover.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003einsulated food storage range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo installation and \u003cstrong\u003eno power point\u003c\/strong\u003e - it is a passive vessel. Pre-conditioning the interior before loading makes a material difference to holding time. It is not a refrigerator and not a hot box: it does not bring product to temperature.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarranty terms vary by product - see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does this keep food cold, or does it just insulate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt insulates. There is no compressor, no element and no power connection - it slows the rate at which product loses the temperature it already has. Load product already hot or already cold. If you need something that brings product to temperature or holds it indefinitely, you need a powered cabinet, not a carrier.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What temperatures can the body take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContinuous use from -40 to 80 degrees C. That covers frozen product at one end and hot holding at the other, and it is the material limit rather than a performance claim.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the pressure relief valve for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHot product cooling inside a sealed vessel creates a partial vacuum, which can make the lid very hard to lift. The valve equalises it so the unit opens normally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How long will it hold temperature?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThat depends on the starting temperature, the ambient, how full it is and how often it is opened, so we do not publish a figure - any single number would be wrong for most sites. Pre-conditioning the interior and keeping it full both extend it significantly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is it dishwasher safe?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe moulded polyethylene interior is designed to be washed out and has no seams to trap product. Follow the supplier documentation for the cleaning method rather than assuming a commercial dishwasher cycle is suitable for the foam-filled body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539940311341,"sku":"CPWK080-3","price":484.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-top-loading-food-carrier-cpwk080-3-1062146.jpg?v=1776427808"},{"product_id":"cpwk008-26","title":"Food Tek Insulated Drink Dispenser CPWK008-26","description":"\u003cp\u003e7.5 Litre Insulated Drink Dispenser with Spigot - CPWK008-26\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eExterior: 400mmW×280D×430H Interior: 300mmW×180D×200H\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eMade from high quality long-life\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eFood Grade Polyethylene (PE)\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e• Alkaline resistant\u003cbr\u003e• Shock resistant\u003cbr\u003e• Safe use range -40ºC to 80ºC\u003cbr\u003e• Easy to clean\u003cbr\u003e• Double thickness PE structure filled with polyurethane foam\u003cbr\u003e• Door gaskets to minimise heat\/cold loss\u003cbr\u003e• Pessure relief valve for easy opening\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003eOur carriers are attractive, durable, practically unbreakable \u0026amp; will leave no taste or odour in foods\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e12 Months Parts only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n \u003cp\u003ePower:\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539940376877,"sku":"CPWK008-26","price":289.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-insulated-drink-dispenser-cpwk008-26-8493277.jpg?v=1776427808"},{"product_id":"b-post-2184mm","title":"Modular Systems Four Post Set B-POST\/2184MM","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems B-POST\/2184MM is a set of four 2184mm-high posts that forms the upright frame for an extra-tall Modular Systems poly coolroom shelving bay, built for coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens in cafes, restaurants and cold stores. At 2184mm the posts make the most of high-ceiling coolrooms, adding extra tiers or clearance above a standard bay (2184mm high, four-post set, 2-year parts warranty).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B-POST\/2184MM\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete four-post set\u003c\/strong\u003e — supplied as four matched 2184mm uprights to frame one extra-tall shelving bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2184mm working height\u003c\/strong\u003e — the tallest post in the range, maximising vertical storage in high-ceiling coolrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotch-embedded design\u003c\/strong\u003e — poly shelves clip on and adjust tool-free along the posts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for humid coolroom and wet-kitchen storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB-POST\/2184MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB-POST\/2184MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolroom shelving post set (four posts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2184 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems poly coolroom shelving (PVK shelves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 × 2210 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B-POST\/2184MM suits coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens in cafes, restaurants, cold stores and catering operations with high ceilings that want to maximise vertical storage in a poly coolroom shelving bay. Use the 1880mm set for a standard full-height bay, or the 910mm set for low or under-counter bays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-shelving\"\u003ecommercial shelving\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four posts stand as the upright frame of a Modular Systems poly coolroom shelving bay; PVK shelves clip onto the notch-embedded posts for tool-free assembly and height adjustment. The set ships flat at 110 × 2210 × 30 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 2 years parts only; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many posts come in the B-POST\/2184MM set?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The B-POST\/2184MM is supplied as a set of four matched 2184mm-high posts — enough to frame one extra-tall shelving bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall are the B-POST\/2184MM posts?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Each post is 2184mm high, the tallest option in the range for high-ceiling coolroom shelving bays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What shelves fit the B-POST\/2184MM posts?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: They take Modular Systems poly coolroom shelves (the PVK range), which clip onto the notch-embedded posts and adjust tool-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B-POST\/2184MM come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The B-POST\/2184MM post set is covered by a 2-year parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the B-POST\/2184MM ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many posts come in the B-POST\/2184MM set?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The B-POST\/2184MM is supplied as a set of four matched 2184mm-high posts — enough to frame one extra-tall shelving bay.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall are the B-POST\/2184MM posts?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each post is 2184mm high, the tallest option in the range for high-ceiling coolroom shelving bays.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What shelves fit the B-POST\/2184MM posts?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They take Modular Systems poly coolroom shelves (the PVK range), which clip onto the notch-embedded posts and adjust tool-free.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B-POST\/2184MM come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The B-POST\/2184MM post set is covered by a 2-year parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the B-POST\/2184MM ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539941589293,"sku":"B-POST\/2184MM","price":70.55,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-four-post-set-b-post2184mm-3634390.jpg?v=1776427749"},{"product_id":"b-post-1880mm","title":"Modular Systems Four Post Set B-POST\/1880MM","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems B-POST\/1880MM is a set of four 1880mm-high posts that forms the upright frame for a full-height Modular Systems poly coolroom shelving bay, built for coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens in cafes, restaurants and cold stores. At 1880mm the posts carry a standard multi-tier storage bay — the everyday full-height configuration for cold-storage stock (1880mm high, four-post set, 2-year parts warranty).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the B-POST\/1880MM\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete four-post set\u003c\/strong\u003e — supplied as four matched 1880mm uprights to frame one full-height shelving bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e1880mm working height\u003c\/strong\u003e — the standard full-height post for a multi-tier coolroom storage bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNotch-embedded design\u003c\/strong\u003e — poly shelves clip on and adjust tool-free along the posts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — built for humid coolroom and wet-kitchen storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB-POST\/1880MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB-POST\/1880MM\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCoolroom shelving post set (four posts)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePost height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1880 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePack quantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems poly coolroom shelving (PVK shelves)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110 × 1920 × 30 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe B-POST\/1880MM suits coolrooms, freezer rooms and wet kitchens in cafes, restaurants, cold stores and catering operations building a standard full-height poly coolroom shelving bay for multiple tiers of stock. Use the 910mm set for low or under-counter bays, or the 2184mm set for extra-tall high-ceiling coolrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/commercial-shelving\"\u003ecommercial shelving\u003c\/a\u003e range or explore more from \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe four posts stand as the upright frame of a Modular Systems poly coolroom shelving bay; PVK shelves clip onto the notch-embedded posts for tool-free assembly and height adjustment. The set ships flat at 110 × 1920 × 30 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. Warranty is 2 years parts only; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How many posts come in the B-POST\/1880MM set?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The B-POST\/1880MM is supplied as a set of four matched 1880mm-high posts — enough to frame one full-height shelving bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How tall are the B-POST\/1880MM posts?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Each post is 1880mm high, the standard full-height option for a multi-tier coolroom shelving bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What shelves fit the B-POST\/1880MM posts?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: They take Modular Systems poly coolroom shelves (the PVK range), which clip onto the notch-embedded posts and adjust tool-free.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the B-POST\/1880MM come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The B-POST\/1880MM post set is covered by a 2-year parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the B-POST\/1880MM ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How many posts come in the B-POST\/1880MM set?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The B-POST\/1880MM is supplied as a set of four matched 1880mm-high posts — enough to frame one full-height shelving bay.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How tall are the B-POST\/1880MM posts?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Each post is 1880mm high, the standard full-height option for a multi-tier coolroom shelving bay.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What shelves fit the B-POST\/1880MM posts?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"They take Modular Systems poly coolroom shelves (the PVK range), which clip onto the notch-embedded posts and adjust tool-free.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the B-POST\/1880MM come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The B-POST\/1880MM post set is covered by a 2-year parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the B-POST\/1880MM ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539941720365,"sku":"B-POST\/1880MM","price":61.2,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-four-post-set-b-post1880mm-8239529.jpg?v=1776427749"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-table-mounted-pan-rack-stmsprs-6","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Table Mounted Pan Rack STMSPRS-6","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Table Mounted Pan Rack STMSPRS-6\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTable-mounted sheet pan rack slides 470x620x550mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 tray capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for 400x600mm trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.0mm 201-grade stainless steel tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm 201-grade stainless steel rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKnock-down carton box packaging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2 Years Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997098285,"sku":"STMSPRS-6","price":186.15,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/modular-systems-modular-system-table-mounted-pan-rack-stmsprs-6-7338991.png?v=1776427689"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-gastronorm-pan-trolley-6-pan-400660","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Gastronorm Pan Trolley 6 Pan 400660","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems 400660 is a stainless steel gastronorm pan trolley that holds up to 6 GN 1\/1 pans on paired runners, moving prep and stock between bench, coolroom and service on 100mm castors. Sized 380 x 550 x 1000mm with two braked castors, it keeps pans tidy and mobile in a busy kitchen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the 400660\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 6 gastronorm pans\u003c\/strong\u003e — paired runners take up to 6 GN 1\/1 pans for prep and transport.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — 201 stainless tubing and rail resist corrosion and wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100mm castors, two braked, plus corner bumpers for safe moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep loaded pans secure while the trolley is on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e400660\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGastronorm Pan Trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 x GN 1\/1 pans\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e380 x 550 x 1000 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 x 950 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (201)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm, two with brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 400660 suits cafes, restaurants, caterers and function kitchens that need to move gastronorm pans between prep, storage and service without carrying them by hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlat-packed for straightforward assembly, with no power or plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What pans does the 400660 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds up to 6 gastronorm 1\/1 (GN 1\/1) pans on paired runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the 400660?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 380 x 550 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 13 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 400660 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is built from commercial 201 stainless steel tubing and rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the 400660 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the 400660 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What pans does the 400660 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds up to 6 gastronorm 1\/1 (GN 1\/1) pans on paired runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the 400660?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 380 x 550 x 1000 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 13 kg net.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 400660 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is built from commercial 201 stainless steel tubing and rail.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the 400660 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the 400660 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997524269,"sku":"400660","price":280.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/400660.png?v=1776346998"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-gastronorm-pan-trolley-32-pan-404090","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Gastronorm Pan Trolley 32 Pan 404090","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Gastronorm pan trolley 32 Pan 404090\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eGastronorm pan trolley\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e740x550x1735mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e16 x2 pan capacity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e1.0mm 201S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e1.2mm 201S\/S rail\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e100mm OD casters, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBumpers for casters included\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct Dimensions: 740(W) x 550(D) x 1735(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003ePower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997589805,"sku":"404090","price":696.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/404090_front.png?v=1776347003"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-gastronorm-pan-trolley-16-pan-404091","title":"Modular Systems Modular System Gastronorm Pan Trolley 16 Pan 404091","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Gastronorm pan trolley 16 Pan 404091\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003eBaking Tray (400x600mm) Trolley\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eUnit dimension 470x620x1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e16 pan capacity\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e1.0mm 201S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e1.2mm 201S\/S rail\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e100mm OD casters, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBumpers for casters included\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eProduct Dimensions: 470(W) x 620(D) x 1800(H)mm\u003c\/p\u003ePower: \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997622573,"sku":"404091","price":359.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/404091_front.png?v=1776347013"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-dishwasher-basket-trolley-6-tray-404092","title":"Modular System Dishwasher Basket Trolley 6 Tray 404092","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems 404092 is a stainless steel dishwasher basket trolley that holds up to 6 standard 500 x 500mm dishwasher baskets on runners, moving clean or dirty ware between washer, bench and service on 100mm castors. At 550 x 520 x 1800mm it is a tall, freestanding mobile unit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the 404092\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 6 dishwasher baskets\u003c\/strong\u003e — runners take up to 6 standard 500 x 500mm dishwasher baskets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTall mobile trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e — at 1800mm it stacks six baskets vertically and rolls where needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — S\/S tubing and rail resist corrosion and wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100mm castors, two braked, plus bumpers and safety rods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e404092\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDishwasher Basket Trolley (mobile)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 baskets (standard 500 x 500mm)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 x 520 x 1800 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e580 x 1715 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm, two with brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 404092 suits dishrooms and warewashing areas that need to move racks of glassware and crockery between the machine, bench and storage, and prefer a tall mobile trolley over a fixed stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/dishwasher-stands-and-accessories\"\u003edishwasher stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlat-packed for straightforward assembly, with no power or plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What baskets does the 404092 fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds up to 6 standard 500 x 500mm commercial dishwasher baskets on its runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How is the 404092 different from a basket stand?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is a tall 1800mm mobile trolley on braked castors, holding 6 baskets, rather than a static under-bench stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the 404092?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 550 x 520 x 1800 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 15 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the 404092 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the 404092 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What baskets does the 404092 fit?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds up to 6 standard 500 x 500mm commercial dishwasher baskets on its runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How is the 404092 different from a basket stand?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is a tall 1800mm mobile trolley on braked castors, holding 6 baskets, rather than a static under-bench stand.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the 404092?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 550 x 520 x 1800 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 15 kg net.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the 404092 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the 404092 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539997655341,"sku":"404092","price":250.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/404092_front.png?v=1776347021"},{"product_id":"modular-systems-modular-system-baking-tray-trolley-16-tray-413479","title":"Modular System Baking Tray Trolley 16 Tray 413479","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Modular Systems 413479 is a stainless steel baking tray trolley that holds up to 16 baking trays (400 x 600mm) on runners, moving trays between oven, prep and coolroom on 100mm castors. At 470 x 620 x 1735mm it stores a full bake in a compact footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the 413479\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHolds 16 baking trays\u003c\/strong\u003e — runners take up to 16 standard 400 x 600mm trays.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCommercial stainless steel\u003c\/strong\u003e — 201 stainless tubing and rail resist corrosion and wipe clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile with brakes\u003c\/strong\u003e — 100mm castors, two braked, plus corner bumpers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/strong\u003e — keep loaded trays secure while the trolley is moving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e413479\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBaking Tray Trolley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16 x 400 x 600mm trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e470 x 620 x 1735 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e680 x 1650 x 80 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel (201)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCastors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100mm, two with brakes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 Months Parts Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 413479 suits bakeries, patisseries, commercial kitchens and caterers that need to prove, transport and store trays of product between the oven and service in bulk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/modular-systems\"\u003eModular Systems range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eFlat-packed for straightforward assembly, with no power or plumbing connection required. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What trays does the 413479 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It holds up to 16 baking trays sized 400 x 600 mm on its runners.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What are the dimensions of the 413479?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It measures 470 x 620 x 1735 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 27.5 kg net.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What is the 413479 made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is built from commercial 201 stainless steel tubing and rail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the 413479 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does the 413479 ship Australia-wide?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What trays does the 413479 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It holds up to 16 baking trays sized 400 x 600 mm on its runners.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What are the dimensions of the 413479?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It measures 470 x 620 x 1735 mm (W x D x H) and weighs 27.5 kg net.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What is the 413479 made from?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is built from commercial 201 stainless steel tubing and rail.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the 413479 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It is covered by a 24-month parts-only warranty.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does the 413479 ship Australia-wide?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51539998114093,"sku":"413479","price":305.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/413479.png?v=1776347250"},{"product_id":"frymax-54l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-54","title":"FryMax 54L Electric Oil Filter Machine EOF-54","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Frymax EOF-54 is a 54-litre electric oil filter machine — the largest in the Frymax electric filter range — that pumps hot fryer oil through a dual-stage filtration system and returns it clean, extending oil life across high-volume fryer lines. Built for busy fish and chip shops, QSR kitchens and multi-fryer operations, its stainless steel mobile body rolls between fryers on castors, runs from a standard 240V 10A outlet (240W) and filters at an average 13 L\/min through 300-micron and 10-micron stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EOF-54\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e54 L working capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — the largest tank in the Frymax electric filter range, for the highest-volume fryer operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-stage filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket catches crumbs, then a deeper 10-micron stage polishes the oil for longer life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse-pump suction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.5 GPM reverse pump draws oil through the quick-disconnect filtering hose at an average 13 L\/min.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wipe-clean, corrosion-resistant body built for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile design\u003c\/strong\u003e — castor-mounted so one unit services multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10A power\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a single 240V, 10A outlet, so no special supply is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrymax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-54\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Oil Filter Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e54 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-micron pre-filter screen basket + 10-micron deep filtration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 GPM reverse pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 240W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e505 × 914 × 914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e610 × 1010 × 740 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e62 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-54 suits high-volume fish and chip shops, QSR kitchens and multi-fryer operations that want to cut oil costs and keep food quality consistent. As the largest unit in the range, it is built for the biggest oil volumes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/frymax\"\u003eFrymax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-54 plugs into a standard 240V 10A power outlet and needs no special installation or plumbing — roll it to the fryer, connect the quick-disconnect hose and filter. Packed dimensions are 610 × 1010 × 740 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Frymax EOF-54 filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws oil from a commercial fryer and filters it through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket, then a deeper 10-micron stage, before returning it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much oil does the EOF-54 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-54 has a 54-litre working capacity — the largest in the Frymax range — and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the EOF-54 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What filter paper does the EOF-54 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the EOF-54 mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EOF-54 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-54 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the Frymax EOF-54 filter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws oil from a commercial fryer and filters it through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket, then a deeper 10-micron stage, before returning it clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much oil does the EOF-54 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-54 has a 54-litre working capacity — the largest in the Frymax range — and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the EOF-54 need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What filter paper does the EOF-54 use?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the EOF-54 mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EOF-54 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-54 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Frymax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540000768301,"sku":"EOF-54","price":2966.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/frymax-54l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-54-5476914.png?v=1776427633"},{"product_id":"frymax-42l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-42","title":"FryMax 42L Electric Oil Filter Machine EOF-42","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Frymax EOF-42 is a 42-litre electric oil filter machine that pumps hot fryer oil through a dual-stage filtration system and returns it clean, extending oil life across a busy cookline. Built for fish and chip shops, takeaways and multi-fryer commercial kitchens, its stainless steel mobile body rolls between fryers on castors, runs from a standard 240V 10A outlet (240W) and filters at an average 13 L\/min through 300-micron and 10-micron stages. The 42-litre working capacity suits higher-volume fryer benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EOF-42\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42 L working capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — a larger tank suited to multi-fryer and high-throughput fryer lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-stage filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket catches crumbs, then a deeper 10-micron stage polishes the oil for longer life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse-pump suction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.5 GPM reverse pump draws oil through the quick-disconnect filtering hose at an average 13 L\/min.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wipe-clean, corrosion-resistant body built for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile design\u003c\/strong\u003e — castor-mounted so one unit services multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10A power\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a single 240V, 10A outlet, so no special supply is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrymax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-42\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Oil Filter Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-micron pre-filter screen basket + 10-micron deep filtration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 GPM reverse pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 240W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 × 727 × 914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 850 × 700 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e51 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-42 suits fish and chip shops, QSR kitchens and any venue running several fryers that wants to cut oil costs and keep food quality consistent. Its larger 42-litre capacity makes it a good fit for higher-volume benches.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/frymax\"\u003eFrymax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-42 plugs into a standard 240V 10A power outlet and needs no special installation or plumbing — roll it to the fryer, connect the quick-disconnect hose and filter. Packed dimensions are 550 × 850 × 700 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Frymax EOF-42 filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It draws oil from a commercial fryer and filters it through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket, then a deeper 10-micron stage, before returning it clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much oil does the EOF-42 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-42 has a 42-litre working capacity and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the EOF-42 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What filter paper does the EOF-42 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the EOF-42 mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EOF-42 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-42 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the Frymax EOF-42 filter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It draws oil from a commercial fryer and filters it through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket, then a deeper 10-micron stage, before returning it clean.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much oil does the EOF-42 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-42 has a 42-litre working capacity and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the EOF-42 need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What filter paper does the EOF-42 use?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the EOF-42 mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EOF-42 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-42 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Frymax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540000833837,"sku":"EOF-42","price":2796.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/frymax-42l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-42-8672982.jpg?v=1776427637"},{"product_id":"frymax-25l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-25","title":"FryMax 25L Electric Oil Filter Machine EOF-25","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Frymax EOF-25 is a 25-litre electric oil filter machine that extends fryer oil life by pumping hot oil through a dual-stage filtration system and returning it clean to the fryer. Built for fish and chip shops, takeaways and any commercial kitchen running multiple fryers, its stainless steel mobile body rolls between fryers on castors, runs from a standard 240V 10A outlet (240W) and filters at an average 13 L\/min through 300-micron and 10-micron stages.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the EOF-25\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDual-stage filtration\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket catches crumbs, then a deeper 10-micron stage polishes the oil for longer life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReverse-pump suction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a 3.5 GPM reverse pump draws oil easily through the quick-disconnect filtering hose at an average 13 L\/min.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStainless steel construction\u003c\/strong\u003e — a wipe-clean, corrosion-resistant body built for daily commercial use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile design\u003c\/strong\u003e — castor-mounted so one unit services multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 10A power\u003c\/strong\u003e — runs from a single 240V, 10A outlet, so no special supply is needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e25L working capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e — sized for single and twin-pan fryer benches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrymax\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEOF-25\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric Oil Filter Machine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e25 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFiltration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300-micron pre-filter screen basket + 10-micron deep filtration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 GPM reverse pump\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAverage flow rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13 L\/min\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFilter paper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e540 × 390 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e240V, 240W, 10A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e457 × 727 × 914 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePacked dimensions (W×D×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e550 × 840 × 650 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e49 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts \u0026amp; labour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-25 suits fish and chip shops, QSR kitchens and any venue running several fryers that wants to cut oil costs and keep food quality consistent. It filters vegetable and cooking oils but does not filter animal fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBrowse more \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/stands-accessories\"\u003ecommercial stands \u0026amp; accessories\u003c\/a\u003e or explore the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/frymax\"\u003eFrymax range\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EOF-25 plugs into a standard 240V 10A power outlet and needs no special installation or plumbing — roll it to the fryer, connect the quick-disconnect hose and filter. Packed dimensions are 550 × 840 × 650 mm. Dispatched from our Sydney HQ with partner warehouses in Melbourne, Brisbane, Adelaide and Perth for faster delivery Australia-wide. It is covered by a 1 year parts \u0026amp; labour warranty; see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the Frymax EOF-25 filter?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It filters vegetable and cooking oil from commercial fryers through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket and a deeper 10-micron stage. It does not filter animal fat.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much oil does the EOF-25 hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-25 has a 25-litre capacity and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What power supply does the EOF-25 need?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What filter paper does the EOF-25 use?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Is the EOF-25 mobile?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the EOF-25 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e A: The EOF-25 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the Frymax EOF-25 filter?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It filters vegetable and cooking oil from commercial fryers through a 300-micron pre-filter screen basket and a deeper 10-micron stage. It does not filter animal fat.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much oil does the EOF-25 hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-25 has a 25-litre capacity and processes oil at an average flow rate of 13 L\/min.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What power supply does the EOF-25 need?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It runs from a standard 240V, 10A single-phase outlet, drawing 240W, with no special installation required.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What filter paper does the EOF-25 use?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"It uses filter paper sized 540 × 390 mm.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Is the EOF-25 mobile?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes. It is a stainless steel, castor-mounted unit, so one machine can service multiple fryers across the cookline.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the EOF-25 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"The EOF-25 is covered by a 1 year parts and labour warranty.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Frymax","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51540000866605,"sku":"EOF-25","price":2541.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/frymax-25l-electric-oil-filter-machine-eof-25-7213981.png?v=1776000848"},{"product_id":"ipc90-insulated-front-loading-food-pan-carrier","title":"IPC90 Insulated Front Loading Food Pan Carrier","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Food Tek IPC90 is a \u003cstrong\u003e90 litre insulated front-loading food pan carrier\u003c\/strong\u003e built from \u003cstrong\u003edouble-thickness food-grade polyethylene filled with polyurethane foam\u003c\/strong\u003e. It holds temperature both ways — the stated safe use range is \u003cstrong\u003e-40 to 80 °C\u003c\/strong\u003e — and it has \u003cstrong\u003edoor gaskets to minimise heat and cold loss\u003c\/strong\u003e plus a \u003cstrong\u003epressure relief valve\u003c\/strong\u003e so the door opens easily after a temperature change. It \u003cstrong\u003edoes not come with trays\u003c\/strong\u003e; it fits GN 1\/1 sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"why-operators-choose\"\u003eWhy operators choose the IPC90\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrays are NOT included\u003c\/strong\u003e — the source states it plainly and it is the thing most likely to catch you out. It fits GN 1\/1 trays, which you supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront loading\u003c\/strong\u003e — trays slide in from the front rather than being lowered in from the top, which means it can sit on a bench or a trolley and still be loaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafe use range -40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/strong\u003e — it carries frozen product as well as hot, so one carrier covers both directions rather than needing a hot box and a cold box\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-thickness PE with a polyurethane foam core\u003c\/strong\u003e — the double wall is the insulation structure, not just a thicker shell. It is what holds temperature over a delivery run\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDoor gaskets minimise heat and cold loss\u003c\/strong\u003e — the seal is where an insulated box actually succeeds or fails - insulation is worthless around a leaking door\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePressure relief valve for easy opening\u003c\/strong\u003e — load hot product, close it, and the air inside cools and contracts. Without a relief valve the door becomes hard to open; with one it does not\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAlkaline and shock resistant\u003c\/strong\u003e — it survives both the cleaning chemicals and the handling that transport equipment gets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLeaves no taste or odour in food\u003c\/strong\u003e — polyethylene of this grade is inert - relevant when the same carrier moves curry one day and dessert the next\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e90 litres in a 460 x 660 x 630 mm exterior\u003c\/strong\u003e — interior is 330 x 560 x 510 mm - check your trays against the interior, not the outside\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"specifications\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel \/ MPN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPC90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIPC90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsulated food pan carrier, front loading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e90 L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDouble-thickness food-grade polyethylene (PE) with polyurethane foam fill\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafe use range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e-40 to 80 degrees C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSealing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDoor gaskets; pressure relief valve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eResistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAlkaline resistant; shock resistant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTrays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included - fits GN 1\/1 size trays\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExterior dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e460 x 660 x 630 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInterior dimensions (W x D x H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e330 x 560 x 510 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNet weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e15 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot applicable - passive insulation, no power required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 year parts only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"venue-suitability\"\u003eVenue suitability\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe IPC90 suits caterers, function venues, aged care, meal delivery and any operation moving food between a kitchen and a service point. Because it works from -40 to 80 °C it covers hot holding and frozen transport in one box, which is unusual and genuinely useful for a caterer running mixed loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee the full \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-storage-container\"\u003efood storage container\u003c\/a\u003e range or browse every \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/food-tek\"\u003eFood Tek\u003c\/a\u003e model we carry.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3 id=\"installation-delivery\"\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; delivery\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eNothing to install — it is passive insulation with no power connection and no plumbing. \u003cstrong\u003eOrder GN 1\/1 trays with it if you do not already have them\u003c\/strong\u003e; the carrier is supplied empty. Check your trays against the \u003cstrong\u003einterior\u003c\/strong\u003e dimensions of 330 x 560 x 510 mm rather than the exterior. Pre-heat or pre-chill the carrier before loading — an insulated box holds the temperature it starts at, so loading hot food into a cold box costs you most of the benefit in the first ten minutes. At 15 kg empty it is a one-person lift bare and a two-person lift loaded.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch2 id=\"frequently-asked-questions\"\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Does it come with trays?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. The carrier is supplied empty and fits GN 1\/1 size trays, which you provide. Plastic trays are not included either. If you do not already have a stock of GN 1\/1 trays, order them at the same time - a carrier without trays cannot do its job.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Can it carry frozen food as well as hot?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes - the stated safe use range is -40 to 80 degrees C, so it handles frozen product and hot holding. For a caterer running mixed loads that means one type of box rather than two, though obviously not in the same load at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What does the pressure relief valve do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eStops the door becoming hard to open. When you load hot food and close an insulated box, the air inside cools and contracts, creating a partial vacuum that seals the door shut. The relief valve equalises that so the door opens normally - a small feature that becomes very noticeable when it is missing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: How much does it actually hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e90 litres, in an interior measuring 330 x 560 x 510 mm. Work from the interior figures when planning what fits - the 460 x 660 x 630 mm exterior includes the double wall and foam that do the insulating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: Should I pre-heat or pre-chill it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, and it makes a substantial difference. Insulation slows temperature change; it does not create temperature. A cold box loaded with hot food will pull heat out of the food for the first stretch of the journey. Bring the carrier towards the temperature you want before loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eQ: What warranty does the IPC90 come with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eCovered for 1 year parts only — labour is not included from day one, so allow for a technician's time in your own budgeting. Terms vary by product — see our \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/pages\/warranty-information\"\u003ewarranty information\u003c\/a\u003e page for full details.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cscript type=\"application\/ld+json\"\u003e{\"@context\": \"https:\/\/schema.org\", \"@type\": \"FAQPage\", \"mainEntity\": [{\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Does it come with trays?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"No. The carrier is supplied empty and fits GN 1\/1 size trays, which you provide. Plastic trays are not included either. If you do not already have a stock of GN 1\/1 trays, order them at the same time - a carrier without trays cannot do its job.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Can it carry frozen food as well as hot?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes - the stated safe use range is -40 to 80 degrees C, so it handles frozen product and hot holding. For a caterer running mixed loads that means one type of box rather than two, though obviously not in the same load at the same time.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What does the pressure relief valve do?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Stops the door becoming hard to open. When you load hot food and close an insulated box, the air inside cools and contracts, creating a partial vacuum that seals the door shut. The relief valve equalises that so the door opens normally - a small feature that becomes very noticeable when it is missing.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"How much does it actually hold?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"90 litres, in an interior measuring 330 x 560 x 510 mm. Work from the interior figures when planning what fits - the 460 x 660 x 630 mm exterior includes the double wall and foam that do the insulating.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"Should I pre-heat or pre-chill it?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Yes, and it makes a substantial difference. Insulation slows temperature change; it does not create temperature. A cold box loaded with hot food will pull heat out of the food for the first stretch of the journey. Bring the carrier towards the temperature you want before loading.\"}}, {\"@type\": \"Question\", \"name\": \"What warranty does the IPC90 come with?\", \"acceptedAnswer\": {\"@type\": \"Answer\", \"text\": \"Covered for 1 year parts only - labour is not included from day one, so allow for a technician's time in your own budgeting. Terms vary by product - see our warranty information page for full details.\"}}]}\u003c\/script\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51723487084845,"sku":"IPC90","price":510.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/ipc90-food-pan-carrier.jpg?v=1776350514"},{"product_id":"modular-system-glasswasher-basket-trolley-4-tray-415771","title":"Modular System Glasswasher Basket Trolley 4 Tray - 415771","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Glasswasher Basket Trolley 4 Tray - 415771\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits under workbench\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlasswasher basket trolley 450x520x850mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 tray capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.0mm S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm S\/S rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm castors, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumpers for castors included. Flat packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51723489739053,"sku":"415771","price":288.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/415771.png?v=1776346993"},{"product_id":"modular-system-dishwasher-basket-trolley-6-tray-404092","title":"Modular System Dishwasher Basket Trolley 6 Tray 404092","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Dishwasher Basket Trolley 6 Tray 404092\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDishwasher basket trolley 550x520x1800mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 tray capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.0mm S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm S\/S rail Safety rods included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm castors, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumpers for castors included. Flat packed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51723489870125,"sku":"404092","price":250.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/404092_front.png?v=1776347021"},{"product_id":"modular-system-baking-tray-trolley-16-tray-413479","title":"Modular System Baking tray trolley 16 Tray 413479","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Baking tray trolley 16 Tray 413479\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003eBaking tray trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003eUnit dimension: 470x620x1735mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e16 tray (400x600mm) capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e1.0mm 201S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e1.2mm 201S\/S rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003e100mm OD casters, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003eBumpers for casters included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli class=\"x_MsoNormal\"\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51723489935661,"sku":"413479","price":305.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/413479.png?v=1776347250"},{"product_id":"modular-system-gastronorm-pan-trolley-6-pan-400660","title":"Modular System Gastronorm pan trolley 6 Pan 400660","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Gastronorm pan trolley 6 Pan 400660\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGastronorm pan trolley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Dimension 380x550x1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 pan capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.0mm 201S\/S tubing 25x25mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1.2mm 201S\/S rail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety rods included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm OD casters, two with brakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBumpers for casters included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24 Months Parts Only Warranty\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Modular Systems","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51723490001197,"sku":"400660","price":280.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/400660.png?v=1776346998"},{"product_id":"food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-1-1-p11065","title":"Food Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11065","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11065\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHEAVY DUTY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented stackable and nestable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble rim for strength \u0026amp; rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51729554997549,"sku":"P11065","price":25.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-11-p11065-1585690.png?v=1776427087"},{"product_id":"food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-1-1-p11100","title":"Food Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11100","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11100\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHEAVY DUTY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented stackable and nestable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble rim for strength \u0026amp; rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51729555063085,"sku":"P11100","price":28.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-11-p11100-1034734.png?v=1776427087"},{"product_id":"food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-1-1-p11150","title":"Food Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11150","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/1 - P11150\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHEAVY DUTY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented stackable and nestable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble rim for strength \u0026amp; rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51729555128621,"sku":"P11150","price":35.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-11-p11150-9025683.png?v=1776427087"},{"product_id":"food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-1-2-p12100","title":"Food Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/2 - P12100","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/2 - P12100\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHEAVY DUTY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented stackable and nestable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble rim for strength \u0026amp; rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51729555226925,"sku":"P12100","price":21.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/gnp-pan-group12_1.jpg?v=1776351378"},{"product_id":"food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-1-2-p12065","title":"Food Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/2 - P12065","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFood Tek Australian Perforated GN Pan 1\/2 - P12065\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHEAVY DUTY\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eALL STAINLESS STEEL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e0.6 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePatented stackable and nestable design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFine, smooth finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble rim for strength \u0026amp; rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Food Tek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":51729555357997,"sku":"P12065","price":17.0,"currency_code":"AUD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/files\/food-tek-australian-perforated-gn-pan-12-p12065-8926234.jpg?v=1776427087"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0881\/1819\/8573\/collections\/kitchenware-9253494.png?v=1775999900","url":"https:\/\/commercialkitchenappliances.com.au\/collections\/kitchenware.oembed?page=5","provider":"Commercial Kitchen Appliances","version":"1.0","type":"link"}